From 09096b232690e2dd8fd4e6b421581d2e19f64332 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 11 Nov 2018 02:31:19 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 295 +++-- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 72 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 781 ++++-------- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 10 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 10 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 100 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 330 +++-- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 22 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 80 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 1045 ++++------------ locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 44 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 29 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 113 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 364 ++++-- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 80 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 897 ++++---------- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 45 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 44 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 27 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 108 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 335 ++++-- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 72 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 881 ++++---------- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 25 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 21 +- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 111 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 354 ++++-- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 77 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 1199 +++++++------------ locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 26 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 18 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 109 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 330 +++-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 80 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 861 +++++-------- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 33 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 25 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 102 +- 38 files changed, 4475 insertions(+), 4680 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index b2672a343..7a551f437 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Morten Schou , 2018 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2018 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,6 +33,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" @@ -1357,7 +1365,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "" @@ -1720,7 +1727,27 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -1745,7 +1772,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -1762,16 +1789,6 @@ msgid "" "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "" @@ -1793,11 +1810,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 @@ -1836,22 +1874,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "" @@ -2731,7 +2753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 @@ -4087,6 +4109,155 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Kategori for aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Kategorier af aktiver" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Dato" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Dato for aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Brutto værdi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Brutto værdi af aktiver" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Restværdi" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "Det er det beløb, du planlægger at få, du ikke kan afskrive." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Beregningsmetode" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Tidsmetode baseret på" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Prorata Temporis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Antal afskrivninger" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "Antallet af afskrivninger der er nødvendigt for at afskrive dit aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Antal måneder i en periode" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "Tiden mellem afskrivninger i måneder" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -5597,50 +5768,6 @@ msgid "" "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -9704,7 +9831,7 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -9714,6 +9841,16 @@ msgid "" "installed" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4e705541b..94e44696f 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -825,3 +825,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 9ba21cff7..ce542255f 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,358 +18,360 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" +msgid "2. Project Scope" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -377,84 +379,84 @@ msgid "" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -463,295 +465,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 8ffb09ff5..97f797717 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 @@ -735,8 +735,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 4a3b87e54..afb52a12e 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -307,11 +307,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 2f7cc7e53..e050ec96d 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jesper Carstensen , 2018 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2018 +# lhmflexerp , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1012,6 +1019,95 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Modtagelse" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Leverandør" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Leverandør reference/fakturanr." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Ordredato" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "Datoen hvor tilbuddet skal være konverteret til en indkøbsordre." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Kildedokument" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Reference fra det dokument, som genererede denne indkøbsordreanmodning (fx " +"en salgsordre)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Levere til" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Dropship adresse" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Indsæt en adresse hvis du ønsker at levere direkte fra leverandøren til " +"kunden. Hold den ellers tom hvis du ønsker levering til din egen virksomhed." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Lokationstypen for destinationen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Teknisk felt til visning af dropshipping adressen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Incoterm" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"Internationale leveringsbetingelser er en serie af foruddefinerede " +"kommercielle vilkår, der anvendes i internationale transaktioner." + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 787e81eb3..8cc4df994 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # josue giron , 2018 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 # David Sanchez , 2018 # miguelchuga , 2018 # Javier Calero , 2018 # Rick Hunter , 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 # Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2018 # e2f , 2018 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2018 @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ # eduardo mendoza , 2018 # Sergio Flores , 2018 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2018 -# Christopher Ormaza , 2018 # Cristóbal Martí Oliver , 2018 # Loredana Pepe , 2018 # Carlos Lopez , 2018 @@ -27,9 +26,7 @@ # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2018 # Daniel Altamirano , 2018 # Manuel Mahecha , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 # David Arnold , 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 # Pablo Rojas , 2018 # AleEscandon , 2018 # Antonio Trueba, 2018 @@ -40,15 +37,17 @@ # Alejandro Kutulas , 2018 # Daniel Blanco , 2018 # Massiel Acuna , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Massiel Acuna , 2018\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -65,6 +64,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Canales de comunicación bancarios" @@ -1837,7 +1837,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" @@ -2281,8 +2280,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "La divisa utilizada para introducir asientos." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Métodos de cobro" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -2309,8 +2328,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Métodos de pago" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -2326,18 +2345,6 @@ msgid "" "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del " -"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas." - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "Cuenta de beneficios" @@ -2363,12 +2370,35 @@ msgstr "" "caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Mostrar diario en el tablero" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "Si este diario debe mostrarse en el tablero o no" +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del " +"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" @@ -2408,22 +2438,6 @@ msgstr "Nº del próximo cheque" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "Número de secuencia del próximo cheque impreso." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "Creación de extracto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "Este campo es usado para la sincronización online:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "será puesto dentro de la declaración antigua o dentro de una nueva" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "Importe de la diferencia permitida" @@ -3389,11 +3403,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar la localización mexicana en el modo de prueba, puede poner" -" cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " -"dirección de la empresa y establecer el IVA en ** ACO560518KW7 **." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4798,6 +4809,164 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "Explicación de los campos:" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Estado" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "Cuando un activo es creado, el estado es 'Borrador'." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" +"Si el activo es confirmado, el estado entra en 'Funcionamiento' y las líneas" +" de depreciación pueden ser publicadas en la contabilidad." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" +"Puede manualmente cerrar un activo cuando la depreciación se termina. Si la " +"última línea de depreciación es publicada, el activo automáticamente va a " +"ese estado." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Categoría de activo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Categoría del activo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Fecha" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Fecha del activo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Valor bruto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Valor bruto del activo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Valor residual" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "Es el importe que prevee tener que no puede depreciar" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Método de cálculo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" +"Elija el método a usar para calcular el monto en las líneas de depreciación." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Lineal: Calculado en base de: Valor Bruto / Número de Depreciaciones" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" +"Decreciente: Calculado en base de: Valor Residual * Factor Decreciente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Método de tiempo basado en" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" +"Fecha de Cierre: Elija el tiempo entre 2 depreciaciones y la fecha en que " +"las depreciaciones no irán por encima de." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Tiempo prorrateado" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Número de depreciaciones" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "El número de amortizaciones para amortizar el activo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Número de meses en un periodo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo entre dos amortizaciones, en meses" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "Trata de crear un *Activo* en la demostración en línea." @@ -6704,59 +6873,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Consejero --> Plan de Cuentas`, de clic en el botón " "**Crear**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de cuenta es usado con propósito informativo, para generar informes " -"legales específicos de cada país, y establecer las reglas para cerrar un " -"ejercicio fiscal y generar los apuntes de apertura." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Etiquetas opcionales a asignar en informes de ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Cuenta de la moneda" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Fuerza a todos los movimientos de esta cuenta a tener la moneda de la misma." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Tipo interno" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"El 'tipo interno' se utiliza en características disponibles en diferentes " -"tipos de cuentas: el tipo liquidez es para efectivo o cuentas bancarias, " -"pagable/pendiente de pago es para cuentas de proveedores/clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Permitir conciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Marque esta casilla si la cuenta permite conciliar facturas y pagos del " -"diario." - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Vea **Crear una Cuenta** en nuestra Demostración en Línea" @@ -11859,7 +11975,7 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -11869,6 +11985,16 @@ msgid "" "installed" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "Código" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index d77d6338b..fb60a4503 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -3,14 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# David Arnold , 2018 +# AleEscandon , 2018 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2018 +# Nicole Kist , 2018 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2018 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2018 +# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018 +# Cris Martin , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2018\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cris Martin , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "Adquiere leads" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "convierte leads en oportunidades" +msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -390,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -667,7 +679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Recopilar y instalar Asterisco." +msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 24f87a2ba..5890ad6f8 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -3,13 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Pablo Rojas , 2018 +# Nicole Kist , 2018 +# Jimmy Ramos , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1110,3 +1116,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 3595e382c..f3d1121ec 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,13 +3,16 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -19,484 +22,360 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Implementación de Odoo en línea" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -"Este documento resume **Servicios Online de Odoo**, nuestro Success Pack " -"**Metodología de Implementación**, y mejores prácticas para comenzar con " -"nuestro producto." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" -"*Recomendamos que los nuevos clientes Online de Odoo lean este documento " -"antes de la llamada inicio de nuestro gerente de proyecto. De esta manera, " -"ahorramos tiempo y no tenemos que usar su tiempo del paquete de éxito " -"discutiendo lo básico.*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" -"*Si no ha revisado este documento, nuestro gerente de proyectos lo revisará " -"con vosotros en el momento de la llamada inicial.*" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -"No espere a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. " -"Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la " -"implementación." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Una vez que compres una subscripción Odoo Online, recibirás instrucciones " -"por email de cómo activar o crear tu base de datos. Desde este correo, " -"puedes activar tu base de datos existente en Odoo o crear una nueva desde " -"cero." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -"Si no recibiste este correo, por ejemplo porque el pago fue hecho por " -"alguien más en tu compañía, contacta nuestro equipo de soporte usando " -"nuestra forma de soporte online `__." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"Rellene las pantallas sign-in o sign-up y recibirá su primera base de datos " -"Odoo lista para usar." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." -msgstr "" -"Para que te familiarices con el interfaz del usuario, tómate unos minutos " -"para crear archivos: *productos, clientes, oportunidades* o " -"*proyectos/tareas*. Sigue los puntos que parpadean, ellos te dan consejos " -"acerca de la interfaz del usuario como es mostrado en la siguiente imagen." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "|left_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "|right_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +msgid "2. Project Scope" msgstr "" -"Cuando se haya familiarizado con la interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a " -"los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la " -"aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de" -" las aplicaciones principales." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "Estos planeadores de implementación servirán para:" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "ayudarle a definar metas y KPIs para cada aplicación," +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "guiarle a través de los diferentes pasos de configuración," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "y proveerle con pistas y trucos para aprovechar al máximo Odoo." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"Rellene los primeros pasos de los planeadores de implementación (metas, " -"expectativas y KPIs). Nuestro gerente de proyectos los analizará junto con " -"vosotros en el proceso de implementación." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" msgstr "" -"Si tiene algunas preguntas o necesita soporte, nuestro gerente de proyectos " -"le guiará a través de todos los pasos. Sin embargo, también puede:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Lea la documentación en nuestro sitio web: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Ve los videos en nuestra plataforma eLearning (grátis con tu primer Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -"Vea los seminarios web vía nuestro canal de Youtube " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -"O envía tus preguntas a nuestro equipo de soporte online a través de `forma " -"soporte online `__." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "¿Qué esperamos de usted?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -"Estamos acostumbrados a desplegar proyectos completos entre 25 a 250 horas " -"de servicio, lo cual es mucho más rápido que otros vendedores de ERP en el " -"mercado. La mayoría de proyectos son completados entre 1 a 9 meses. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -"Lo que realmente **distingue una implementación exitosa a una lento, es " -"usted el cliente! Por experiencia nuestra, cuando los clientes se " -"comprometen y son proactivos, la implementación se desarrolla fácilmente." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "Su gestor de implementación interno" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -"Pedimos que mantengas un sólo punto de contacto en tu compañía para que " -"trabaje con nuestro jefe de proyectos en tu implementación de Odoo. Esto es " -"para asegurar eficiencia y una sola base de conocimiento en tu compañía. " -"Adicionalmente, esta persona debe:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -"**Tienes que estar disponible al menos 2 días completos por semana** para el" -" proyecto, de otra manera peligras ralentizar tu implementación. Más es " -"mejor con las implementaciones más rápidas teniendo un jefe de proyectos a " -"tiempo completo. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"**Tener autoridad para tomar decisiones** por ellos mismos. Odoo usualmente " -"transforma todos los departamentos dentro de una compañía para mejor. Pueden" -" haber muchos pequeños detalles que necesitan cambios grandes por respuestas" -" y si hay mucho traspaso de responsabilidad entre tomadores de decisiones " -"internos en tu compañía podría ralentizar considerablemente todo el proceso." -" " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" -"**Tener el liderazgo** para capacitar y aplicar políticas interna con el " -"completo soporte de todos los departamentos y alta gerencia, o ser parte de " -"la gerencia." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "Integra el 90% de su negocio, no el 100%" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" -"Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otro software le permite un nivel " -"tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea " -"extremista en ese sentido**." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Las personalizaciones le cuestan tiempo, son complejos para mantener, " -"implican riesgos para la impelemntación y pueden causar problemas para las " -"actualizaciónes." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -"Odoo en su versión estándar probablemente puede cubrir el 90% de su negocio." -" Sea flexible para los faltantes 10%, de lo contrario estos 10% le pueden " -"costar el doble del precio inicial del proyecto. Uno tiende a siempre " -"subestimer los costos ocultos de personalizaciones." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -"**Hazlo a la manera de Odoo, no la tuya** Se flexible, usa Odoo de la manera" -" que fue diseñado. Aprende como funciona y no trates de replicar la forma en" -" que funciona tu sistema antiguo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -"**El proyecto primero, customización segundo** Si de verdad quieres " -"customizar Odoo, pónlo al final del proyecto, idealmente después de haber " -"estado en producción por varios meses. Una vez que un cliente comienza a " -"usar Odoo, usualmente dejan alrededor de 60% de las solicitudes de " -"customización a medida que aprenden a realizar los flujos de trabajo fuera " -"de la caja, o a la manera de Odoo. Es más importante tener todos los " -"procesos de negocio funcionando que customizar una pantalla para añadir unos" -" cuantos campos por aquí y por allá o automatizar unos cuantos correos. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -"Nuestros gerentes de proyecto están capacitados para ayudarlo a tomar las " -"decisiones correctas y medir las compensaciones involucradas, pero es mucho " -"más fácil si está alineado con ellos en los objetivos. Algunos procesos " -"pueden tardar más tiempo que (s) sistema (s) anterior (es), sin embargo, " -"debe sopesar ese aumento en el tiempo con otras disminuciones en el tiempo " -"para otros procesos. Si el tiempo neto gastado disminuye con su mudanza a " -"Odoousted ya está adelantado. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "Invierte tiempo en aprender Odoo" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"Comienza tu periodo de prueba y juega con el sistema. A medida que te " -"sientas más cómodo navegando por Odoo, tomarás mejores decisiones y las " -"etapas de capacitación serán más rápidas y fáciles." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"No hay nada que sustituya a jugar con el software, pero aquí tiene algunos " -"recursos adicionales:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -"Documentación: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -"Videos de introducción: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -"Opiniones de clientes: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "Terminar las cosas" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -"¿Quiere una manera fácil de empezar usando Odoo? Installe Odoo Notas para " -"manejar sus listas de tareas para la implementación: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes `__. Desde" -" su página de inicio Odoo, navega a Applicaciónes e installe la applicación " -"Notas." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "Este módulo le permite:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" -"Gestionar listas de pendientes para una mejor interacción con su consultor;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "Compartir conocimiento de Odoo y buenas prácticas con sus empleados;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"Conocer las herramientas genéricas de Odoo: mensajería, grupos de discusión," -" tablero Kanban, etc..." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"Esta aplicación incluso es compatible con la plataforma Etherpad " -"(http://etherpad.org). Para usar esos tableros colaborativos en lugar de las" -" notas estándar de Odoo, instale el siguiente complemento: Tableros Memo." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "¿Qué puede esperar de nosotros?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "Servicios de suscripción" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "Almacenamiento en la nube" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -"¡Odoo provee una infraestructura de última tecnologia incluyendo backups en " -"tres diferentes datacenters, replicación de base de datos, la capabilidad de" -" duplicar su instancia en 10 minutos, y más!" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"SLA en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"Seguridad en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -"Políticas de privacidad: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Soporte" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -509,18 +388,18 @@ msgstr "" "representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, " "Bélgica, o India!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" "Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" @@ -529,11 +408,11 @@ msgstr "" "stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar " "los KPI's de ventas?)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" @@ -541,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" "Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no" " por desconfiguración o customización)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" @@ -549,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "" "Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de " "actualizar a la nueva versión " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" @@ -557,11 +436,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te " "entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" @@ -569,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así " "ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" @@ -577,11 +456,11 @@ msgstr "" "Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros " "variados recursos)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "Importación de documentos en tu base de datos" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" @@ -589,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" "Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de " "datos" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" @@ -597,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario," " Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " @@ -607,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" "customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para " "tu base de datos o código involvente)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -621,414 +500,10 @@ msgstr "" "base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te " "entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" "Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de" " soporte online `__." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Actualizaciones" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" -"Una vez cada dos meses, Odoo publicará una nueva versión. Aparecerá un botón" -" de actualización en la pantalla de **Gestionar sus bases de datos**. Correr" -" una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le permite beneficiarse" -" de nuevas funcionalidades." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Proveemos la opción de mejorar en una prueba de ambiente para que puedas " -"evaluar una nueva versión o capacitar a tu equipo antes del despliegue. " -"Simplemente llena nuestra `Forma de soporte online " -"`__ para hacer esta solicitud." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "Servicios del Succes Pack" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" -"El Success Pack es un paquete de servicios premium basados en horas otorgado" -" por un jefe de proyectos dedicado y un analista de negocios. Las primeras " -"horas asignadas que compraste son únicamente un estimado y no garantizamos " -"la completación de tu proyecto con el primer paquete. Siempre intentamos " -"completar proyectos en la primera asignación, aunque muchos factores pueden " -"contribuir a que no lo logremos; por ejemplo, una expansión de enfoque (o " -"\"síndrome del lavadero\") en el medio de tu implementación, descubrimiento " -"de nuevos detalles, o un incremento en la complejidad que no era aparente en" -" un comienzo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" -"La lista de servicios de acuerdo a nuestro Success Pack es detallada online:" -" `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"El objetivo del jefe de proyectos es ayudarte a llegar a producción dentro " -"del marco de tiempo y presupuesto definido, por ejemplo el número inicial de" -" horas definida en tu Success Pack." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "Su rol incluye:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" -"**Administración de Proyecto:** Revisión de tus objetivos y expectativas, " -"división de la implementación (plan de acción), asignación de tus " -"necesidades de negocios a las herramientas de Odoo. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "**Soporte Customizado** Por teléfono, correo o seminario web." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" -"**Entrenamiento, Capacitación y consulta en sitio** Entrenamiento remoto a " -"través de compartir pantalla o entrenamiento en premisa. Para las sesiones " -"de entrenamientos en premisa, se espera que pagues extra por los gastos de " -"viaje y alojamiento de tu consultor" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Configuración:** Decisiones acerca de como implementar necesidades " -"específicas en Odoo y configuración avanzada. (por ejemplo rutas de " -"logística, estructura de precios avanzadas, etc) " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"**Importe de Data**: Podemos hacerlo o asistirte en cómo hacerlo con un " -"modelo preparado por el jefe de proyecto." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" -"Si te subscribiste a \"Estudio\", te beneficias de los siguientes servicios " -"extras:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" -"**Personalización de pantallas:** Studio toma el enfoque de arrastrar y " -"soltar para personalizar la mayoría de las pantallas como usted vea " -"adecuado." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" -"**Customización de Reportes (PDF):** Estudio no te permitirá customizar los " -"reportes tu mismo, pero nuestro jefe de proyectos tienen acceso a " -"desarrolladores para customizaciones avanzadas." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"**Diseño de página web:** Temas estándar son entregados al comenzar sin " -"costo extra. Sin embargo, nuestro jefe de proyecto puede capacitarte en cómo" -" utilizar los bloques de edificio en el diseño de página web. El tiempo " -"empleado consumirá horas de tu Success Pack." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" -"**Automatizaciones de flujos de trabajo:** Algunos ejemplos incluyen fijar " -"valores en campos basados en gatillos, enviar recordatorios por correo, " -"acciones automatizadas, etc. Para cada automatización avanzada, nuestros " -"jefes de proyectos tienen acceso a los desarrolladores de Odoo. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" -"Cualquier personalización require la aplicación Odoo Studio. " -"Personalizaciones realizadas en Odoo Studio serán mantenidas y actualizadas " -"en cada actualización de Odoo, sin costo adicional." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo invertido en realizar estas personalizaciones por parte de " -"nuestros analistas comerciales se deducirá de su paquete de éxito." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" -"En caso de customización que no puede ser realizada a través de Estudio y " -"que requeriría la intervención de un desarrollador, esto requerirá Odoo.sh, " -"porfavor hablar a tu Jefe de Cuenta para más información. Adicionalmente, " -"cualquier trabajo realizado por un desarrollador añadirá una tarifa de " -"mantención recurrente a tu subscripción para cubrir mantención y " -"actualización de servicios. Este costo será basado en horas empleadas por el" -" desarrollador: 4€ o $5/mes, por hora de desarrollo será añadido a la tarifa" -" de subscripción." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" -"**Ejemplo:** Una customización que tomó 2 horas de desarrollo costará: 2 " -"horas deducidas de tu Success Pack por el desarrollo de customización 2 * $5" -" = $10/mes como tarifa recurrente por la mantención de esta customización." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "Metodología de implantación" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" -"Seguimos una **metodología lean y hands-on\" que es usada para poner " -"clientes en producción en un corto periodo de tiempo y a un bajo costo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" -"Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo " -"progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" -"El objetivo de \"llamado inicial\" es para que nuestro jefe de proyecto " -"entienda tu negocio para así proponer un plan de implementación (fase). Cada" -" fase es el despliegue de un set de aplicaciones que usarás completamente en" -" producción al final de cada fase." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" -"**Incorporación:** El jefe de proyecto de Odoo revisará los flujos de " -"negocio contigo, de acuerdo a tu negocio. El objetivo es capacitarte, " -"validar el proceso de negocio y configurar de acuerdo a tus necesidades " -"específicas. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Datos:** Creado manualmente o importado de tu sistema existente. Tu eres " -"responsable de exportar los datos de tu sistema existente y el Jefe de " -"Proyecto de Odoo los importará en Odoo. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" -"**Entrenamiento:** Una vez que tus aplicaciones estén preparadas, tus data " -"importada y el sistema funcionando sin problemas, tu capacitarás a tus " -"usuarios. Habrá un intercambio entre tú y tu Jefe de Proyecto para responder" -" preguntas y procesar tu retroalimentación. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo esté entrenado, sus usuarios " -"comienzan a usar Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Una vez esté cómodo usando Odoo, haremos las ultimas adaptaciones para " -"finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las " -"restantes personalizaciónes (**pantallas extras y reportes**)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que todas las aplicaciones estén desplegadas y los usuarios cómodos " -"con Odoo, nuestro Jefe de Proyecto no seguirá trabajando en tu proyecto (a " -"menos que tengas necesidades nuevas) y usarás el servicio de soporte si " -"tienes preguntas." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a sus bases de datos, vaya a Odoo.com, inicie sesión y haga " -"clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la " -"esquina superior derecha." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" -"Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes " -"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. ¡No ensucie el entorno de trabajo " -"con los datos de prueba!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" -"Para esos propósitos, tu puedes crear cuantas pruebas gratis quieras (cada " -"una disponible por 15 días). Esas instancias pueden ser copias instantáneas " -"de tu ambiente de trabajo. Para hacerlo, ve a la cuenta en Odoo.com en la " -"página **Mis Organizaciones** y haz clic en **Duplicar**." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de " -"datos :ref:`aquí `." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "Éxito del cliente" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se apasiona en deleitar a nuestros clientes y asegurar que disponen de " -"todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" -"Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente " -"de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" -"Una vez salido a producción, posiblemente habrá menos interacción con su " -"gerente de proyectos. En este momento le asignaremos a un miembro de nuestro" -" equipo de éxito del cliente que esta especializado en la relación contínua " -"con nuestros clientes. Le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, " -"mejorar la manera de cómo utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" -"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente durante al menos 10 años," -" y ofrecerles una solución que crezca con sus necesidades!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 68f4a13a7..979b8a11c 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -3,14 +3,38 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2018 +# Carlos Lopez , 2018 +# David Sanchez , 2018 +# Katerina Katapodi , 2018 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2018 +# David Arnold , 2018 +# Nicolás Broggi , 2018 +# Javier Sabena , 2018 +# eduardo mendoza , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 +# miguelchuga , 2018 +# Pablo Rojas , 2018 +# AleEscandon , 2018 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2018 +# Antonio Trueba, 2018 +# Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2018 +# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez , 2018 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2018 +# Miguel Orueta , 2018 +# Miquel Torner , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Miquel Torner , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -935,9 +959,9 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "Unidad de medida del producto" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." msgstr "" -"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock." +"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Procurement Group" @@ -946,13 +970,9 @@ msgstr "Grupo de abastecimiento" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos creados por esta orden de abastecimiento serán colocados en " -"este grupo de abastecimiento. Si no se proporciona ningún grupo, los " -"movimientos generados por las reglas de abastecimiento serán agrupados en un" -" gran albarán." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 8c60cb7a3..61390fbc1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,14 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Carlos Lopez , 2018 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 +# Ruben Dario Machado , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# David Arnold , 2018 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 +# Pablo Rojas , 2018 +# AleEscandon , 2018 +# Antonio Trueba, 2018 +# Miguel Mendez , 2018 +# Alejandro Kutulas , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -402,12 +415,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index baa52c6e9..6997ddf8a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,14 +3,24 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2018 +# Jose Manuel , 2018 +# Pablo Rojas , 2018 +# AleEscandon , 2018 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Carlos Lopez , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Carlos Lopez , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1306,6 +1316,101 @@ msgstr "" " marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, " "seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real." +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Recepción" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Envíos a recibir" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Proveedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Referencia de proveedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" +"Referencia del pedido de venta o la oferta enviada por el proveedor. Se " +"utiliza para hacer la correspondencia cuando usted recibe los productos, " +"esta referencia se suele escribir en la orden de entrega enviado por el " +"proveedor." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Fecha de pedido" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Representa la fecha en que el presupuesto debe ser validado y se convierte " +"en una orden de compra." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Documento origen" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Referencia del documento que generó esta solicitud de pedido de compra (por " +"ejemplo, un pedido de cliente)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Entregar a" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de operación del envío entrante" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Dirección Drop Ship" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Ponga una dirección si desea entregar directamente desde el proveedor al " +"cliente. De lo contrario, mantenga vacía para entregar a su propia compañía." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Tipo de ubicación de destino" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado para mostrar la dirección de envió directo" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Incoterm" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"Los términos de comercio internacional son una serie de condiciones " +"comerciales usadas en las transacciones internacionales." + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 268521f8c..c5c31565c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,14 +3,46 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jean-Louis Bodren , 2018 +# zoe , 2018 +# Frédéric LIETART , 2018 +# Malo Maisonneuve , 2018 +# Bastien Foerster , 2018 +# Pierrick Brun , 2018 +# ShevAbam, 2018 +# Tony Barbou , 2018 +# Maxime Chambreuil , 2018 +# Florence Lambrechts , 2018 +# Olivier Lenoir , 2018 +# Lucas Deliege , 2018 +# Maxime Vanderhaeghe , 2018 +# Frédéric Clementi , 2018 +# Xavier Symons , 2018 +# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 +# Fabien Pinckaers , 2018 +# Cyrille de Lambert , 2018 +# Guillaume Rancourt , 2018 +# Shark McGnark , 2018 +# Xavier Belmere , 2018 +# Fred Gilson , 2018 +# Florent de Labarre , 2018 +# William Henrotin , 2018 +# Vincent M , 2018 +# Satish kumar , 2018 +# Christophe CHAUVET , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Satish kumar , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,6 +59,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Provenance des relevés bancaires" @@ -1787,7 +1820,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" @@ -2234,8 +2266,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "La devise utilisée pour entrer les relevés" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de débit" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "Pour les Paiements Entrants" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -2266,8 +2318,8 @@ msgstr "" "le dépôt de lot.Activez cette option dans les paramètres." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Méthodes de paiements" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "Pour les Paiements Sortants" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -2287,18 +2339,6 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA Credit Transfer : Facture salariale depuis un fichier de virement SEPA " "vous présenter à votre banque.Activez cette option dans les paramètres." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Grouper les lignes de facture" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Si cette case est cochée, le système essaiera de grouper les lignes " -"comptables lorsqu'il les créera à partir des factures." - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "Compte de profit" @@ -2324,12 +2364,35 @@ msgstr "" "différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Montrer le journal dans le tableau de bord" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Grouper les lignes de facture" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "Si ce journal doit être affiché sur le tableau de bord ou non." +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "" +"Si cette case est cochée, le système essaiera de grouper les lignes " +"comptables lorsqu'il les créera à partir des factures." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Pseudonyme pour la facture fournisseur." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" @@ -2370,24 +2433,6 @@ msgstr "Numéro de chèque suivant" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "Numéro de séquence du prochain chèque imprimé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "Création du relevé bancaire" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "Ce champ sert aux synchronisations en ligne." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "" -"Selon l’option sélectionnée, nouvellement récupérés des transactions. \n" -" " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "sera mis à l’intérieur de l’instruction précédente ou dans un autre." - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "Montant d'écart autorisé" @@ -3496,7 +3541,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 @@ -4897,6 +4942,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "Explication des champs :" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "État" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "Lorsqu'une immobilisation est créée, le statut est « Brouillon »." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" +"Si l'immobilisation est confirmée, l'état passe «En cours » et les lignes " +"d'amortissement peuvent être comptabilisées." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez fermer manuellement une immobilisation lorsque l'amortissement " +"est terminé. Si la dernière ligne de l'amortissement est comptabilisée, " +"l'immobilisation passe automatiquement dans ce statut." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Catégorie d'immobilisation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Date " + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Date de l'immobilisation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "Dates de dépréciation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "Première date de dépréciation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Valeur brute" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Valeur brute des immobilisations" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Valeur de récupération" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "Il s'agit de la part non dépréciable de l'immobilisation." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Méthode de calcul" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la méthode à utiliser pour calculer le montant des lignes " +"d'amortissement." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" +"* Linéaire: Calculé sur la base de : Valeur brute / Nombre d'Amortissements" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" +"* Dégressif : Calculé sur la base de: Valeur résiduelle * Taux " +"d'amortissement Dégressif" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Méthode temporelle basée sur" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" +"* Date de fin : Choisissez le temps entre 2 amortissements et la date au " +"delà de laquelle les amortissements cesseront." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Prorata temporis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Nombre d'amortissements" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "" +"Le nombre d'amortissements nécessaire pour amortir votre immobilisation" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Nombre de mois dans une période" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "La durée entre deux amortissements, en mois" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -6821,63 +7028,6 @@ msgstr "" "Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Plan comptable`, et cliquez " "sur le bouton **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Le type de compte est utilisé comme indication pour l'utilisateur, ainsi que" -" pour créer des rapports comptables spécifiques à certains pays, et enfin " -"pour gérer les clôtures d'exercices (et établir les écritures " -"correspondantes)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Étiquettes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" -"Étiquettes optionnelles que vous pourriez assigner pour des rapports " -"personnalisés" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Devise du compte" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Oblige toutes les écritures de ce compte à avoir cette devise secondaire." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Type interne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Le \"Type interne\" est utilisé pour des caractéristiques disponibles sur " -"différents types de comptes : le type liquidité est pour l'argent cash ou " -"les comptes banquaires, payabls/recevables par les comptes des " -"vendeurs/clients" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si ce compte permet de faire du rapprochement entre " -"factures et paiements." - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Voir *Créer un compte* dans notre démonstration en ligne" @@ -11818,7 +11968,7 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -11828,6 +11978,16 @@ msgid "" "installed" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5b9b11c8b..47a630b33 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -3,13 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Florian Hatat, 2018 +# Bertrand LATOUR , 2018 +# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -827,3 +833,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 65ced7ee6..0cc99b38e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,22 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# ShevAbam, 2018 -# Tony Barbou , 2018 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 -# Bastien Foerster , 2018 -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2018 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,424 +18,360 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Mise en œuvre de Odoo en ligne" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" -"*Nous recommandons que les nouveaux client de Odoo en ligne lisent ce " -"document avant le premier appel avec le chef de projet. De la sorte, nous " -"gagnons du temps et ne gaspillons pas les heures du Success Pack avec les " -"fondamentaux .*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" -"*Si vous n'avez pas lu ce document, notre chef de projet vous le résumera au" -" moment du premier appel.*" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Commencer" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -"N'attendez pas la première réunion de démarrage pour commencer à jouer avec " -"le logiciel. Plus vous passez de temps à jouer avec Odoo, plus vous gagnez " -"de temps pour plus tard pendant la mise en place. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" -"Remplissez les cases de connexion ou d'inscription et vous obtiendrez votre " -"première base de données Odoo prête à être utilisée." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "|left_pic|" +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "|right_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous vous êtes habitué à l'interface utilisateur, jetez un oeil" -" sur les planificateurs de mise en œuvre. Ceux-ci sont accessibles depuis " -"l'application Configuration, ou à partir de la barre de progression en haut " -"à droite des principales applications." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "Ces planificateurs de mise en œuvre vont :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" -"vous aider à définir vos objectifs et indicateurs de performance clés pour " -"chaque application," -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "vous guider à travers les différentes étapes de configuration," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." msgstr "" -"et vous fournir des conseils et astuces pour tirer le meilleur parti de " -"Odoo." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"Remplissez les premières étapes de la planification de la mise en œuvre " -"(objectifs, attentes et KPI). Notre chef de projet va les examiner avec vous" -" pendant le processus de mise en œuvre." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des questions ou besoin de soutien, notre chef de projet vous " -"guidera à travers toutes les étapes. Mais vous pouvez aussi :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Lire la documentation sur notre site Web: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "Qu'attendons-nous de vous ?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -"Maar wat het echte verschil is tussen een succesvolle implementatie en een " -"trage, is u, de klant! ** Uit onze ervaring, wanneer de klant betrokken en " -"proactief is, is de implementatie soepel." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "Votre chef de projet interne" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -"We vragen u om één aanspreekpunt binnen uw bedrijf aan te stellen om samen " -"met onze projectmanager te werken aan uw Odoo-implementatie. Dit is " -"noodzakelijk voor een efficiëntie en om een centrale kennisbasis in uw " -"bedrijf te kunnen aanspreken. Bovendien moet deze persoon:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "Investir du temps dans l'apprentissage d'Odoo" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"Rien ne remplace le jeu avec le logiciel, mais voici quelques ressources " -"supplémentaires :" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -"Vidéos de Présentation : `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -"Avis de Clients : `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "Faire avancer les choses" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -"Vous voulez un moyen facile de commencer à utiliser Odoo ? Installez " -"l'application Notes d'Odoo pour gérer votre liste de choses à faire pour la " -"mise en œuvre : `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. De votre page d'accueil Odoo, accédez " -"à Applications et installer l'application Notes." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "Ce module vous permet de :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" -"Gérer les listes de choses à faire pour améliorer les interactions avec " -"votre consultant Odoo;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" -"Partager vos connaissances et vos bonnes pratiques dans Odoo avec vos " -"employés;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"Faire connaissance avec tous les outils génériques d' Odoo: messagerie, " -"groupes de discussion, tableau de bord Kanban, etc." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"Cette application est même compatible avec la plate-forme Etherpad " -"(http://etherpad.org). Pour utiliser ces pads collaboratifs plutôt que des " -"notes standards Odoo, installez le module suivant : Memos Pad." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "Que devez-vous attendre de nous ?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "Services d'Abonnement" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "Hébergement Cloud" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -"Odoo fournit une infrastructure de cloud de premier ordre, y compris les " -"sauvegardes dans trois centres de données différents, la réplication de base" -" de données, la capacité de reproduire votre instance en 10 minutes, et plus" -" encore !" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"Qualité de service d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-" -"sla `__\\" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"Sécurité d'Odoo en ligne : `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -"Politique de Confidentialité : `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-" -"policy `__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Assistance" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -452,84 +379,84 @@ msgid "" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -538,326 +465,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Mises à jour" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" -"Une fois tous les deux mois, Odoo publie une nouvelle version. Vous aurez " -"alors un bouton de mise à niveau dans l'écran **Manage Your Databases**. " -"Mettre à niveau votre base de données reste votre décision, mais vous permet" -" de bénéficier de nouvelles fonctionnalités." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "Services Succes Pack" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "Son rôle comprend :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" -"Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs " -"phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs " -"commencent à utiliser Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous êtes à l'aise en utilisant Odoo, nous allons peaufiner le " -"processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations " -"restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à vos bases de données, aller à Odoo.com, connectez-vous et " -"cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin " -"supérieur droit." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous donne la possibilité de tester le système avant de l'utiliser en " -"direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre " -"environnement de travail avec des données de test !" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de " -"données :ref:`ici `." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "Succès Client" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils " -"disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" -"Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et " -"éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous êtes en production, vous aurez probablement moins de " -"contacts avec votre chef de projet. À ce moment-là, nous vous attribuons un " -"membre de notre Customer Success Team, qui est spécialisée dans la relation " -"à long terme avec nos clients. Il communiquera avec vous pour présenter les " -"nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, " -"évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" -"Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et" -" de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 35c01c49c..e0b6b2e9c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -3,14 +3,38 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# ShevAbam, 2018 +# Melanie Bernard , 2018 +# Frédéric LIETART , 2018 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2018 +# Nicolas Seinlet , 2018 +# Xavier Symons , 2018 +# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 +# Stéphane GUILLY , 2018 +# Katerina Katapodi , 2018 +# Xavier Belmere , 2018 +# Pierrick Brun , 2018 +# Fabien Pinckaers , 2018 +# Maxime Chambreuil , 2018 +# Lionel Sausin , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Clo , 2018 +# Nacim ABOURA , 2018 +# Jean-Louis Bodren , 2018 +# Shark McGnark , 2018 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 +# Laura Piraux , 2018 +# Thomas Dobbelsteyn , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Laura Piraux , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thomas Dobbelsteyn , 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -811,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "Unité de mesure d'article" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." msgstr "" "Unité de mesure par défaut utilisée pour toutes les opérations de stock" @@ -822,13 +846,12 @@ msgstr "Groupe d'approvisionnement" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." msgstr "" -"Les mouvements crées en passant par ce point de commande seront mis dans ce " -"groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements générés par" -" les règles d'approvisionnement seront regroupés en une seule grande " -"préparation." +"Les mouvements créés à travers cette règle de réapprovisionnement seront mis" +" dans ce groupe d'approvisionnement. Si aucun n'est donné, les mouvements " +"générés par les règles de stock seront groupés dans un seul transfert." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 5eb0cecaf..74c05f23d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -3,14 +3,23 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 +# Xavier Belmere , 2018 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2018 +# Laura Piraux , 2018 +# Cécile Collart , 2018 +# Julien Bertrand , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Bertrand , 2018\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -63,6 +72,8 @@ msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " "select it." msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Barcode Scanner* , " +"sélectionnez-le." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" @@ -680,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une IoT Box enregistrée par configuration PdV" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" @@ -699,6 +710,13 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une " +"POSBox enregistrée. Ces POSBox sont similaires aux IoT Boxes que nous " +"vendons, mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est" +" requis par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une " +"IoT Box non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le " +"module de données fiscales est reconnu par la POSBox en accédant à la * page" +" d'état du matériel * via la page d'accueil POSBox." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -717,6 +735,17 @@ msgid "" "transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " "VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"Une application POS Odoo peut être dotée de capacités de point de vente " +"certifiées en installant l'application ** Belgian Registered Cash Register " +"** (nom technique: «pos_blackbox_be»). En raison des restrictions imposées " +"par le gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Après " +"cela, vous devrez vous assurer que chaque configuration POS est associé à " +"une POSBox unique et enregistrée (: menuselection: `Point de Ventes -> " +"Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et vérifiez que le proxy matériel / IoT " +"Box ainsi que le numéro de série de votre IoT Box soient définis). La " +"première fois que vous ouvrez le Point de Ventes et tentez d'effectuer une " +"transaction, il vous sera demandé de saisir le code PIN que vous avez reçu " +"avec votre carte de signature TVA." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -772,10 +801,11 @@ msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" msgstr "" +"Les multiples configurations Odoo POS par IoT Box ne sont pas autorisées" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" @@ -1037,6 +1067,8 @@ msgid "" "To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " ":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" msgstr "" +"Pour connecter le PdV au matériel avec une IoT Box, consultez la section " +":doc:`../../../iot/connect` et :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" @@ -1119,6 +1151,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " +"commandes*." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 msgid "Add a printer" @@ -1488,6 +1522,8 @@ msgid "" "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" " values." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur *Valeurs d'ouverture / fermeture* vous serez capable de " +"créer ces valeurs." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 msgid "Start a session" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 635ca4c73..ee19420a9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,14 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Olivier Lenoir , 2018 +# Katerina Katapodi , 2018 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Frédéric LIETART , 2018 +# Nissar Chababy , 2018 +# Rémi FRANÇOIS , 2018 +# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON , 2018 +# Eric BAELDE , 2018 +# N D , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: N D , 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -316,11 +329,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 4df7bb694..2a0085e8f 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1307,6 +1312,101 @@ msgstr "" "commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la " "commande." +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Reçu" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Réceptions" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Fournisseur" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Référence fournisseur" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" +"Référence du bon de commande ou offre envoyée par le fournisseur. Utilisé " +"principalement pour faire la correspondance lors de la réception des " +"articles, puisque cette référence est généralement écrite sur le bon de " +"livraison envoyé par votre fournisseur." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Date de la commande" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Représente la date où le devis devrait être validé et le converti en bon " +"d'achat." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Document d'origine" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Référence du document qui a généré cette demande de bon de commande (p. ex. " +"un ordre de vente)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Livrer à" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Cela déterminera le type d'opération des réceptions" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Adresse de livraison directe" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez une adresse si vous voulez livrer directement du fournisseur au " +"client. Sinon, laissez vide pour vous faire livrer à votre société." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Type d'emplacement de destination" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Champ technique utilisé pour afficher l'adresse de livraison directe." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Incoterm" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"Les Incoterms sont une série de termes commerciaux prédéfinie utilisés dans " +"les transactions internationales." + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 94bcf4b02..9f1b19966 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,27 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Cas Vissers , 2018 # Volluta , 2018 # Eric Geens , 2018 -# Cas Vissers , 2018 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018 # Julia van Orsouw , 2018 -# dpms , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 # Thomas Pot , 2018 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2018 # Martien van Geene , 2018 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 +# Cas Vissers , 2018 +# dpms , 2018 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2018\n" +"Last-Translator: dpms , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -41,6 +42,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank & Kas" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bank Feeds" @@ -1582,7 +1584,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" @@ -1960,8 +1961,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "De gebruikte valuta" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Debet methoden" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "Definieert hoe bankafschriften geregistreerd worden" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "Aanmaken van bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "Voor inkomende betalingen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -1985,8 +2006,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Betaalwijzes" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "Voor uitgaande betalingen" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -2002,18 +2023,6 @@ msgid "" "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Groepeer factuurregels" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Als dit is aangevinkt, dan zal het systeem proberen de boekingsregels te " -"groeperen bij het genereren vanaf facturen." - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "Winst & Verlies rekening" @@ -2039,13 +2048,39 @@ msgstr "" "verschilt van wat het systeem berekend" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Toon dagboek in dashboard" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Groepeer factuurregels" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." msgstr "" -"Bepaalt of dit dagboek al dan niet getoond moet worden in het dashboard" +"Als dit is aangevinkt, dan zal het systeem proberen de boekingsregels te " +"groeperen bij het genereren vanaf facturen." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Boeken bij bank aflettering" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"Of de betalingen in dit dagboek wel of niet moeten worden aangemaakt in " +"concept, zodat gekoppelde boekingen alleen worden geboekt bij het afletteren" +" van de bankafschriften." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Alias naam voor leveranciersfacturen" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "" +"Het maakt een concept leveranciersfactuur bij het versturen van een e-mail." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" @@ -2086,22 +2121,6 @@ msgstr "Volgende cheque numer" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "Reeksnummer van de volgende afgedrukte cheque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "Aanmaak van bank afschrift" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "Toegestane bedrag afwijking" @@ -2986,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 @@ -4344,6 +4363,163 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "Verklaring van de velden:" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Activacategorie" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Activacategorie" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Datum" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Datum van activa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "Afschrijvingdatums" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "Eerst afschrijvingsdatum" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat deze datum de berekening van de eerste dagboek boeking niet " +"wijzigt bij prorate temporis assets. Het veranderd simpelweg de boekhoud " +"datum" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Bruto waarde" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Bruto waarde van activa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Restwaarde" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "" +"Het is het bedrag dat u van plan bent te hebben, dat u niet kunt " +"afschrijven." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Berekeningsmethode" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Tijdmethode gebaseerd op" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "Prorata Temporis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan dat de eerste afschrijving mutatie voor deze activa moet gedaan " +"zijn van de activa datum (inkoopdatum) in plaats van de eerste van januari /" +" startdatum van het fiscale jaar" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Aantal afschrijvingen" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "Het aantal afschrijvingen nodig om de activa af te schrijven." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Aantal maanden in de periode" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "De hoeveelheid tijd tussen twee afschrijvingen, in maanden" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -5860,58 +6036,6 @@ msgid "" "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"De rekening categorie wordt gebruikt voor land-specifieke " -"rapportagedoeleinden en bepaalt de handelswijze bij het afsluiten van het " -"boekjaar en het openen van de balans." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Labels" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Optionele labels die u wilt toewijzen voor aangepaste rapportages" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Rekening valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Forceert alle boekingen voor deze rekening naar deze tweede valuta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Interne soort" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"De 'Interne soort' wordt gebruikt om kenmerken aan te duiden bij " -"verschillende rekeningen: liquiditeit is voor kas- en bankrekeningen, " -"crediteuren/debiteuren is voor leverancier-/klantfacturen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Afletteren toestaan" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Vink deze optie aan als u deze rekening wilt toestaan op facturen & " -"betalingen te matchen." - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" @@ -10123,7 +10247,7 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -10133,6 +10257,19 @@ msgid "" "installed" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "Geef bankrekening relatie weer" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" +"Technisch veld gebruikt om aan te geven of het veld " +"'partner_bank_account_id' noodzakelijk is om al dan niet weer te geven in " +"het formulier betalings overzicht." + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 08522e775..dd39cf2ae 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -994,3 +994,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 3f5cb8f1b..4108bab85 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,414 +18,360 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Odoo online implementatie" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" -"*We raden aan dat nieuwe Odoo Online klanten dit document lezen voor de " -"kick-of met hun projectleider. Op deze manier besparen we tijd en moeten we " -"geen uren van uw succes pak gebruiken om de basis te bespreken.*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" -"*Indien u dit document niet heeft gelezen zal onze projectleider het met u " -"overlopen tijdens het kick-off gesprek.*" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Aan de slag" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -"Wacht niet tot de kick-off meeting om te beginnen spelen met de software. " -"Hoe meer u met Odoo in aanraking komt hoe meer tijd u later zal besparen " -"tijdens de implementatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "" -"Vul het aanmeld of inschrijf scherm in en u krijgt uw eerste Odoo database " -"die klaar is voor gebruik." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "|left_pic|" +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "|right_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u bekend geraakt met de interface neemt u best een kijkje naar de " -"implementatie planners. Deze zijn toegankelijk vanuit de Instellingen app, " -"of vanuit de bovenste voortgangsbalk in de rechter bovenkant van de " -"hoofdapplicatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "Deze implementatie planners zullen:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" -"helpen u met het definiëren van uw doelen en KPI's voor elke applicatie," -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "helpen u door de verschillende configuratie stappen," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "en geven uw tips en trucjes om het meeste uit Odoo te halen." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"Vul de eerste stappen van de implementatie planners in (doelen, " -"verwachtingen en KPI's). Onze projectleider controleert deze met u tijdens " -"het implementatieproces." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" msgstr "" -"Indien u vragen heeft of ondersteuning nodig heeft zal onze projectleider u " -"doorheen alle stappen helpen. Maar u kan ook:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Lees de documentatie op onze website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Bekijk de video's op ons e-Learning platform (gratis bij uw eerste succes " -"pakket): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Bekijk de webinars op ons `Youtube kanaal " -"`__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Of verzend uw vragen naar ons online ondersteuningsteam via ons `online " -"ondersteuningsformulier `__." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "Wat verwachten wij van u?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "Uw interne implementatie beheerder" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "Integreer 90% van uw bedrjif, geen 100%" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "Investeer tijd in het leren werken met Odoo" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"Niets vervangt spelen met software, maar hier zijn wat extra hulpmiddelen:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -"Documentatie: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -"Introductie Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -"Klanten-reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "Krijg dingen gedaan" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -"Wilt u een gemakkelijke manier om te starten met Odoo? Installeer Odoo " -"Notities om uw to do lijst voor de implementatie te beheren: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes `__. " -"Vanuit de Odoo homepagina gaat u naar Apps en installeert u de Notities " -"applicatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "Deze module staat u toe om:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "Beheer te doe lijsten voor betere interacties met uw consultant;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "Deel Odoo kennis & goede gewoontes met uw werknemers;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"Maak kennis met alle generieke tools van Odoo: Berichten, Discussie groepen," -" Kanban Dashboards, enz." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"Deze applicatie is zelfs compatibel met het Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). Om deze samenwerkingspaden te gebruiker over de " -"standaard Odoo notitites installeert u de volgende add-on: Memo's Pad." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "Wat zou u van ons moeten verwachten?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "Abboneringsdiensten" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "Cloud hosting" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt een top kwaliteit cloud infrastructuur aan inclusief back-ups in " -"drie verschillende datacenters, database replicatie, de mogelijkheid om uw " -"database te dupliceren in 10 minuten en meer!" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"Odoo Online beveiliging: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -"Privébeleid: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Ondersteuning" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -434,84 +379,84 @@ msgid "" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -520,324 +465,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Upgrades" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" -"Eenmalig elke twee maanden brengt Odoo een nieuwe versie uit. U krijgt een " -"upgrade knop binnen het **Beheer uw databases** scherm. Het upgraden van uw " -"database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe " -"mogelijkheden." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "Succes pak diensten" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "Implementatie methodologie" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" -"Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te " -"rollen, per groep of app." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het " -"gebruiken van Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u comfortabel bent met het gebruik van Odoo optimaliseren wij het " -"proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven " -"aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "Uw databases beheren" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en " -"klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om het systeem te testen voordat u live gaat of" -" voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met " -"test data!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "" -"U kan :ref:`here ` meer informatie vinden over " -"hoe uw database te beheren." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "Klanten succes" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" -"Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van " -"verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en " -"eventueel het ondersteuningsteam." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal u in productie hebt heeft u waarschijnlijk minder interactie met " -"onze projectleider. Op dit moment wijzen wij u een lid van het klant succes " -"team toe die gespecialiseerd is in de lange termijn relatie met onze " -"klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u " -"werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" -"Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een " -"aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 4e829819d..4f68dec0f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -5,24 +5,24 @@ # # Translators: # Onno van Koolwijk , 2018 -# Cas Vissers , 2018 # Arnaud De Moyer , 2018 # Alain van Hall , 2018 # Martin Trigaux, 2018 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 # Xavier Symons , 2018 # Pol Van Dingenen , 2018 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 +# Cas Vissers , 2018 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2018\n" +"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -892,8 +892,8 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "Maateenheid product" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "Standaard maateenheid voor alle voorraadhandelingen." +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." +msgstr "Standaard maateenheid gebruikt voor alle voorraadbewegingen." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Procurement Group" @@ -902,13 +902,12 @@ msgstr "Verwervingsgroep" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." msgstr "" -"Mutaties welke welke worden aangemaakt door deze aanvulregel worden " -"geplaatst in deze verwervingsgroep. Indien niets is ingevoerd, worden de " -"mutaties, gegenereerd door de verwervingsregel gegroepeerd in één grote " -"levering." +"Mutaties welke worden aangemaakt door deze aanvulregel worden geplaatst in " +"deze verwervingsgroep. Indien niets is ingevoerd, worden de mutaties, " +"gegenereerd door de voorraadregels, gegroepeerd in één grote levering." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 030c3c4d6..e0cbb4da0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Eric Geens , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 +# Eric Geens , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Geens , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -394,12 +401,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 5a6396afa..8b4aaedee 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Eric Geens , 2018 +# Eric Geens , 2018 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1074,6 +1081,104 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Ontvangst" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Ontvangsten" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Leverancier" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een leverancier, een contactpersoon, vinden op naam, TIN, E-mail of " +"interne referentie." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Leveranciersreferentie" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" +"Referentie van de verkooporder of bieding van uw leverancier. Het is " +"bedoelde om de koppeling te doen tussen ontvangen producten omdat deze " +"referentie meestal geschreven is op de pakbon verzonden door uw leverancier." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Orderdatum" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de datum aan waarop de offerte bevestigd en geconverteerd moet worden " +"in een inkooporder." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Brondocument" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Referentie van het document dat deze inkoopaanvraag heeft gegenereerd (bijv." +" een verkooporder)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Leveren aan" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Dit bepaald de verwerkingswijze van de ontvangst" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Dropship afleveradres" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Geef een adres in, indien u direct vanaf de leverancier wilt leveren aan de " +"klant. Laat leeg om te leveren aan uw eigen bedrijf." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Bestemmingslocatie soort" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" +"Technisch veld welke wordt gebruikt om het dropshipment adres weer te geven." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Leveringscondities" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"International Commercial Terms (INCOTERMS) zijn een set van " +"voorgedefinieerde commerciële voorwaarden, welke worden gebruikt bij " +"internationaal transport." + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 662d1e5d7..58ebd10b7 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Sergey Doroshenko , 2018 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergey Doroshenko , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,6 +32,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Банк та готівка" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банківська виписка" @@ -1754,7 +1760,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" @@ -2197,8 +2202,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "Валюта, використана у виписці" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "Дебетові методи" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "Визначає, як будуть зареєстровані банківські виписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "Створення банківської виписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "Визначає, коли з'явилася нова банківська виписка" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "буде створено при завантаженні нових транзакцій" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "з вашого банківського рахунку." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "Для вхідних платежів" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -2231,8 +2256,8 @@ msgstr "" "опцію в налаштуваннях." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "Способи оплати" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "Для вихідних платежів" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -2252,18 +2277,6 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який " "ви передаєте в свій банк. Увімкніть цю опцію в налаштуваннях." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Згрупувати рядки рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Якщо обрано, то система буде намагатися згрупувати рядки проведень, які " -"створюватимуться на основі рахунків." - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "Рахунок доходів" @@ -2289,13 +2302,39 @@ msgstr "" "касі не співпадає з тим, що обчислено системою." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "Показати журнал на панелі приладів" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "Згрупувати рядки рахунків" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." msgstr "" -"Визначає чи потрібно показувати цей журнал, як елемент на панелі приладів." +"Якщо обрано, то система буде намагатися згрупувати рядки проведень, які " +"створюватимуться на основі рахунків." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Публікувати на узгодженні з банком" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"Незалежно від того, чи потрібно здійснювати платежі, у цьому журналі мають " +"генеруватися у стані чернетки, так що пов'язані записи журналу публікуються " +"тільки при виконанні банківського узгодження." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Ім'я псевдоніма для рахунків постачальника" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "" +"Він створює чернетку рахунка постачальника, відправивши електронний лист." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" @@ -2335,22 +2374,6 @@ msgstr "Наступний номер чеку" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "Послідовність номера наступного друкованого чеку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "Створення банківської виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "Це поле використовується для онлайн-синхронізації:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "залежно від вибраної опції, щойно отримані транзакції" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "буде поміщено всередину попередньої виписки або в нову" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "Сумма Авторизованої Різниці" @@ -3406,11 +3429,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" "Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, " "ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " -"адреси компанії та встановити пдв на **ACO560518KW7**." +"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -5144,6 +5167,178 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "Пояснення полів: " +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Статус" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "Коли актив створено, статус є \"Чернеткою\"." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "" +"Якщо актив підтверджено, статус переходить у \"Запуск\", а рядки амортизації" +" можуть бути опубліковані в бухгалтерському обліку." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вручну закрити актив, коли амортизація закінчиться. Якщо " +"опубліковано останній рядок амортизації, актив автоматично переходить у цей " +"статус." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "Категорія активу" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "Категорія активу" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Дата" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "Дата активу" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "Дати амортизації" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "Спосіб обчислення дати першої амортизації." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" +"* На підставі останнього дня періоду придбання: Дати амортизації " +"базуватимуться на останньому дні місяця купівлі або року купівлі (залежно " +"від періодичності амортизації)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" +"* На підставі дати придбання: Дати амортизації базуватимуться на даті " +"придбання." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "Перша дата амортизації" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що ця дата не змінює обчислення першого запису журналу у " +"випадку активів з дати експлуатації. Він просто змінює свою бухгалтерську " +"дату" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "Початкове значення" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "Валова вартість активу" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "Кінцева сума" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "Це сума, яку ви плануєте отримати, яку ви не можете амортизувати." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "Спосіб розрахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення суми рядків амортизації." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "" +"* Лінійний: Розраховується на основі: валової вартості/кількості амортизацій" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "" +"* Регресивний: Розраховується на основі: залишкової вартості * Регресивного " +"фактора" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "Термін визначається базуючись на" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "Виберіть метод для обчислення дати та кількості записів." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" +"* Кількість записів: Виправлення кількості записів та часу між двома " +"амортизаціями." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "" +"* Дата закінчення: Виберіть час між двома амортизацією та датою, коли " +"амортизація не перевищить." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "З дати експлуатації" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "" +"Вказує, що перший запис амортизації для цього активу має бути зроблений з " +"дати активу (дата купівлі) замість першого січня / початкової дати " +"фінансового року" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "Кількість амортизацій" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "Кількість амортизацій, необхідна для списання вашого активу" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "Кількість місяців у періоді" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "Час між двома амортизаціями в місяцях" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "Спробуйте створити *Актив* в нашій демо-версії онлайн" @@ -7026,60 +7221,6 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку має інформаційне призначення, для створення звітів, відповідно " -"до законодавства конкретних країн і встановлення правил для закриття " -"фінансового року та створення відкритих записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Мітки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Необов'язкові теги, які ви можете призначити для спеціальних звітів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Валюта рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Змушені переміщувати за цим рахунком, щоб мати валюту на цьому рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Внутрішній тип" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"\"Внутрішній тип\" використовується для функцій, доступних для різних типів " -"рахунків: тип ліквідності - для готівкових або банківських рахунків, " -"кредиторська / дебіторська заборгованість - для рахунків постачальників / " -"клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Дозволити узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Поставте прапорець у цьому полі, якщо в цьому обліку пропонуються рахунки-" -"фактури та відповідні платежі для елементів журналу." - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн" @@ -12150,12 +12291,13 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" "Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши" " пакетний депозит, щоби подати в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в " -"Odoo вам пропонують узгодити транзакцію з пакетом депозитів. Щоб увімкнути " -"пакетний депозит, потрібно встановити модуль account_batch_deposit." +"Odoo вам пропонується узгодити транзакцію з депозитом пакетного депозиту. " +"Щоби увімкнути пакетний депозит, потрібно встановити модуль " +"account_batch_payment." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -12167,6 +12309,18 @@ msgstr "" "ви передаєте в свій банк. Щоб включити кредитний переказ SEPA, модуль " "account_sepa повинен бути встановлений" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "Показати банківський рахунок партнера" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "" +"Технічне поле, яке використовується для знаходження, чи потрібно відображати" +" поле `partner_bank_account_id` у вигляді форми платежів" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "Код" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b9aa0f807..60b8809b2 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -3,13 +3,16 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1102,3 +1105,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 518905f96..efec1e757 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,13 +3,16 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -19,479 +22,515 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Налаштування Odoo Online" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -"Цей документ підсумовує **послуги Odoo Online**, **методологію " -"впровадження** наших Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку" -" роботи з нашим продуктом." +"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших " +"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим " +"продуктом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "" -"*Ми рекомендуємо, щоб нові клієнти Odoo Online прочитали цей документ перед " -"початком роботи з нашим менеджером проекту. Таким чином, ми заощаджуємо час " -"і не використовуємо ваші години з пакету послуг, обговорюючи базову " -"інформацію.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "1. Єдина контактна особа та консультант" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" -"*Якщо ви не читали цю документацію, наш менеджер проекту розгляне його з " -"вами під час першого дзвінка.*" +"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати " +"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка " +"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати " +"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -"Не чекайте першої зустрічі, щоби почати випробовувати програмне " -"забезпечення. Чим більше розуміння ви маєте в Odoo, тим більше часу ви " -"заощадите пізніше під час впровадження." +"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку " +"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та " +"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Після придбання підписки на Odoo Online ви отримаєте інструкції електронною " -"поштою про те, як активувати або створити свою базу даних. З цього " -"електронного листа ви можете активувати існуючу базу даних Odoo або створити" -" нову." +"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він " +"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання " +"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття" +" рішень, управління змінами тощо). " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не отримали цей електронний лист, наприклад, тому що платіж здійснив" -" хтось інший у вашій компанії, зв'яжіться з нашою командою підтримки за " -"допомогою нашої `онлайн-форми підтримки `__." +"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі " +"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та " +"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі " +"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для " +"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу " +"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"Заповніть вхід або реєстрацію на екрані, і ви отримаєте першу базу даних " -"Odoo, готову до використання." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." -msgstr "" -"Щоби ознайомитися з користувацьким інтерфейсом, потрібно кілька хвилин, щоби" -" створювати записи: *товари, клієнти, нагоди* або *проекти/завдання*. " -"Дотримуйтесь миттєвих точок, вони дадуть вам поради щодо інтерфейсу " -"користувача, як показано на малюнку нижче." +"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " +"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " +"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " +"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " +"самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ та " +"тестування функціональних можливостей." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "|left_pic|" +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "2. Сфера застосування проекту" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "|right_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -"Коли ви звикнете до користувацького інтерфейсу, подивіться на планувальники " -"впровадження. Вони доступні в додатку Налаштування або у верхній панелі в " -"правій частині основних додатків." +"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між " +"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " +"проект." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "Ці планувальники впровадження:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "допоможуть визначити цілі та KPI для кожної програми," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "допоможуть вам пройти різні етапи конфігурації," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" -"нададуть вам поради та підказки, щоб отримати максимальну віддачу від Odoo." +"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових" +" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання " +"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення," +" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " +"зрозумілішими." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" +"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох " +"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та " +"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із" +" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " +"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"Заповніть перші кроки планувальника впровадження (цілі, очікування та KPI). " -"Наш менеджер проекту розгляне їх з вами під час процесу впровадження." +"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове " +"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш " +"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде " +"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та" +" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його " +"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-" +"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " +"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас виникли питання або потрібна підтримка, наш менеджер проектів " -"допоможе вам пройти всі кроки. Але ви також можете:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Прочитати документацію на нашому веб-сайті: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Переглянути відео на нашій платформі eLearning (безкоштовно з вашим першим " -"Пакетом Послуг): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" +msgstr "3. Управління очікуваннями" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -"Переглянути веб-семінари на нашому `каналі Youtube " -"`__" +"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є " +"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " +"аспекти:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -"Або надіслати свої запитання нашій онлайн-службі підтримки за допомогою " -"нашої `онлайн-форми підтримки `__." +"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та " +"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення " +"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. " +"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби " +"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " +"заплановано." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "Що ми очікуємо від вас?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -"Ми звикли застосовувати повнофункціональні проекти в межах від 25 до 250 " -"годин обслуговування, що набагато швидше, ніж будь-який інший постачальник " -"ERP на ринку. Більшість проектів закінчується від 1 до 9 календарних " -"місяців." +"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною " +"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними " +"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених " +"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У " +"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило " +"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш " +"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, " +"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде " +"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни" +" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " +"мети." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -"Але те, що дійсно **розрізняє успішну реалізацію та повільну - це ви, " -"клієнт!** З нашого досвіду, коли наш клієнт є активним, впровадження стає " -"гладким." +"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що " +"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб " +"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " +"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "Ваш внутрішній менеджер впровадження" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -"Ми просимо вас підтримувати єдиний контактний пункт у вашій компанії для " -"роботи з нашим менеджером проектів у вашій реалізації Odoo. Це забезпечує " -"ефективність та єдину базу знань у вашій компанії. Крім того, ця особа " -"повинна:" +"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, " +"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " +"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -"**Бути наявною принаймні 2 повних дні на тиждень** для проекту, інакше ви " -"ризикуєте уповільнити вашу реалізацію. Більше - це краще з найшвидшими " -"реалізаціями, що займає повний робочий день менеджера проектів." +"`Історія користувача `__: Ця методика чітко розмежовує обов'язки між контактною особою, " +"відповідальним за роз'яснення ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультанта, який надасть" +" відповідь на ЯК." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"**Мати повноваження приймати рішення** самостійно. Odoo зазвичай змінює усі " -"відділи всередині компанії на краще. Там може бути багато дрібних деталей, " -"які потребують швидких рішень для відповідей, і якщо між вами кілька " -"внутрішніх органів, що приймають рішення, - це занадто багато, що може " -"серйозно сповільнити процес впровадження." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 -msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." -msgstr "" -"**Попросити керівництво** тренувати та впроваджувати політику всередині " -"компанії за повною підтримкою з боку всіх департаментів та вищого " -"керівництва або бути частиною вищого керівництва." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "Інтеграція 90% вашого бізнесу, а не 100%" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 -msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "" -"Ви, напевно, вибрали Odoo, тому що жодна інша програма не дозволяє " -"використовувати такий високий рівень автоматизації, охоплення функцій та " -"інтеграцію. Але **не будьте екстремістом**." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Налаштовування коштує вам часу, грошей, є складнішими для підтримки, додають" -" ризики для реалізації та можуть спричинити проблеми з оновленнями." +"`The Proof of Concept `__ " +"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " +"лініями очікуваних змін." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -"Стандартна версія Odoo, ймовірно, може охопити 90% ваших бізнес-процесів та " -"вимог. Будьте гнучкими на решті 10%, інакше 10% буде коштувати вам вдвічі " -"більше, ніж першочергова ціна проекту. Хтось завжди недооцінює приховані " -"витрати на налаштування." +"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" +" з інтерфейсом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -"**Зробіть це шляхом Odoo, а не вашим**. Будьте гнучкими, використовуйте так " -"Odoo, як систему було розроблено. Дізнайтеся, як це працює система, і не " -"намагайтеся повторити роботу вашої старої системи." +"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та " +"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені " +"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. " +"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " +"заздалегідь їх правдивість." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -"**Спочатку проект, потім налаштування**. Якщо ви дійсно хочете налаштувати " -"Odoo, розбийте впровадження на етапи до кінця проекту, в ідеалі після того, " -"як він був запущений протягом кількох місяців. Як тільки користувач починає " -"використовувати Odoo, він зазвичай скидає близько 60% своїх запитів на " -"налаштування, коли він навчається виконувати свої робочі процеси з коробки " -"або шляхом Odoo. Важливо, щоб усі ваші бізнес-процеси працювали, а не " -"налаштовувати екран, додавати кілька полів тут і там або автоматизувати " -"кілька електронних листів." +"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " +"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +msgstr "4. Комунікаційна стратегія" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -"Наші менеджери проектів навчаються, щоб допомогти вам приймати правильні " -"рішення та вимірювати складові компромісів, але буде набагато простіше, якщо" -" ви узгоджуєте з ними ваші цілі. Деякі процеси можуть зайняти більше часу, " -"ніж ваші попередні системи, однак ви повинні зважити на збільшення в часі з " -"іншими скороченнями часу для інших процесів. Якщо загальний час зменшується," -" коли ви перейдете на Odoo, процес покращиться." +"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим " +"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має " +"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " +"нас до таких принципів:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "Інвестуйте час у вивчення Odoo" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"Почніть безкоштовну пробну версію і випробовуйте систему. Чим зручніше ви " -"плануєте керувати Odoo, тим краще будуть ваші рішення, швидші і простіше " -"ваші етапи навчання." +"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий " +"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим " +"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту " +"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що" +" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" +" пріоритету та менеджер. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"Ніщо не замінює гру з програмним забезпеченням, але ось деякі додаткові " -"ресурси:" +"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " +"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -"Документація: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " +"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -"Вступні відео: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -"Відгуки клієнтів: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " +"рішенню." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "Наведіть лад з процесами" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "5. Налаштування та розробка" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -"Хочете у легкий спосіб почати використовувати Odoo? Встановіть Примітки " -"Odoo, щоби керувати своїми списками завдань для впровадження: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/page/notes `__. З " -"головної сторінки Odoo, перейдіть до Додатків та встановіть додаток " -"Примітки." +"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою " +"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " +"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "Цей модуль дозволяє вам:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "Керувати списками завдань для кращої взаємодії з вашим консультантом;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "Ділитися знаннями та досвідом Odoo зі своїми співробітниками;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"Ознайомитися з усіма загальними інструментами Odoo: повідомленнями, групами " -"обговорень, інформаційною панеллю Канбан та ін." +"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно " +"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія " +"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний " +"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію " +"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до " +"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим " +"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує " +"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " +"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"Ця програма сумісна з платформою Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Щоб " -"скористатися спільною панеллю, а не стандартними Приміток Odoo, встановіть " -"такий додаток: Memos Pad." +"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну" +" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент " +"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з" +" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" +"процесів компанії." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "Що ви очікуєте від нас?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "6. Тестування та принципи перевірки" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "Послуги підписки" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" +"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" +" рішення операційним потребам компанії." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "Хмарний Хостинг" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -"Odoo забезпечує високу інфраструктуру хмарних технологій, включаючи резервне" -" копіювання в трьох різних центрах обробки даних, реплікацію бази даних, " -"можливість дублювати вашу версію за 10 хвилин та багато іншого!" +"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за " +"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа " +"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " +"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " +"розрив обумовлений:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " +"відповідає консультант." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" -"Політика конфіденційності: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "**або**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" +"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" +" яку відповідає контактна особа." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "7. Імпорт даних" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" +"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином" +" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. " +"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є " +"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " +"швидше, буде вирішено:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" +"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування " +"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " +"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" +"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: " +"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення" +" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю " +"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " +"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" +"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути " +"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони " +"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " +"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -504,11 +543,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" " Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" @@ -516,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" "Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " "тощо...)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" @@ -525,13 +564,13 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " "знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" "Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " "системою" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" @@ -539,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " "неправильне налаштування)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" @@ -547,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" "Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " "нової версії" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" @@ -555,11 +594,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Підтримка Odoo не змінює вашу виробничу базу даних, але дає вам матеріал та" " знання, щоб це зробити самостійно!*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" @@ -567,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" "Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " "допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" @@ -575,11 +614,11 @@ msgstr "" "Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " "вас на наші ресурси)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "Імпорт документів у вашу базу даних" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" @@ -587,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" "Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " "бази даних" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" @@ -595,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " "умови оплати, склади тощо)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " @@ -605,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" "зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " "або включеного коду)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -619,414 +658,10 @@ msgstr "" "максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " "налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" "З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " "`__." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Оновлення" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" -"Раз на два місяці Odoo випускає нову версію. Ви отримаєте кнопку оновлення " -"на екрані **Керування вашою базою даних**. Оновлення бази даних відбудеться " -"на ваш розсуд, але це дозволяє скористатися новими функціями." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Ми пропонуємо можливість оновлення у тестовому режимі, щоби ви могли оцінити" -" нову версію або навчити свою команду перед початком впровадження. Просто " -"заповніть нашу `онлайн-форму підтримки `__, щоб " -"зробити цей запит." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "Пакетні послуги" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" -"Пакет послуг - це пакет преміальних годинних послуг, що виконуються " -"виділеним менеджером проекту та аналітиком бізнесу. Початкові години, які ви" -" придбали, підуть суто на оцінку, і ми не гарантуємо завершення вашого " -"проекту в першому пакеті. Ми завжди прагнемо завершити проекти в рамках " -"першого розподілу, однак будь-яка кількість факторів може сприяти тому, що " -"ми не можемо це зробити; наприклад, розширення масштабу (або \"Масштаб " -"повзучості\") в середині вашого впровадження, нові деталі або збільшення " -"складності, що не було очевидним з самого початку." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" -"Список послуг, що містяться у вашому пакеті послуг, розписані в онлайн: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"Мета менеджера проекту полягає в тому, щоби допомогти вам досягти " -"впровадження протягом певного періоду часу та бюджету, тобто початкової " -"кількості годин, визначених у вашому пакеті послуг." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "Його/її роль включає:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" -"**Управління проектами**: огляд ваших цілей та очікувань, поетапне " -"впровадження (маршрут впровадження), відображення потреб вашого бізнесу у " -"функціях Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "" -"**Індивідуальна підтримка:** телефоном, електронною поштою або вебінаром." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" -"**Тренінг, навчання та локальний консалтинг:** дистанційні тренінги за " -"допомогою спільного використання екрану або навчання на тренінгах. За " -"навчання оплачуються додаткові витрати на проїзд та проживання для вашого " -"консультанта." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"**Налаштування:** рішення реалізації специфічних потреб в Odoo та розширена " -"конфігурація (наприклад, маршрути логістики, розширені структури " -"ціноутворення тощо)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"**Імпорт даних**: ми можемо зробити це або допомогти вам імпортувати дані " -"самим, за допомогою шаблону, підготовленого менеджером проекту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви підписалися на **Студію**, ви отримаєте такі додаткові послуги:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" -"**Налаштування екранів:** Студія використовує метод перетягування, щоб " -"налаштувати більшість екранів у будь-якому зручному вигляді." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" -"**Налаштування звітів (PDF):** Студія не дозволить вам самостійно " -"налаштовувати звіти, однак наші менеджери проектів мають доступ до " -"розробників для додаткових налаштувань." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"**Дизайн веб-сайтів:** Стандартні теми надаються, щоби розпочати роботу без " -"додаткових витрат. Проте наш менеджер проектів може вас навчити, як " -"використовувати блоки дизайнера веб-сайту. Тривалість витрачає години вашого" -" пакету послуг." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" -"**Автоматизація робочого процесу:** Деякі приклади включають в себе " -"налаштування значень у полях на основі тригерів, надсилання нагадувань " -"електронною поштою, автоматизацію дій тощо. Для дуже просунутої " -"автоматизації наші менеджери проектів мають доступ до розробників Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" -"Якщо потрібно будь-яке налаштування, необхідна додаткова програма Студія " -"Odoo. Налаштування, виконані через додаток Студія Odoo, будуть " -"підтримуватися та модернізуватися при кожному оновленні Odoo без додаткових " -"витрат." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" -"Увесь час, витрачений на виконання цих налаштувань наших бізнес-аналітиків, " -"буде вираховуватися з вашого пакету послуг." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" -"У разі налаштувань, які неможливо виконати через Студію, і вимагатиме " -"втручання розробника, для цього буде потрібний Odoo.sh, будь ласка, " -"зверніться до менеджера свого облікового запису, щоб отримати додаткову " -"інформацію. Окрім того, будь-яка робота, виконана розробником, додасть " -"періодичну плату за технічне обслуговування для вашої підписки, щоби покрити" -" послуги з технічного обслуговування та оновлення. Ця вартість буде " -"заснована на годинах, витрачених розробником: 4 євро або 5 доларів на " -"місяць, за годину розробки буде додано в плату за підписку." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" -"**Приклад:** налаштування, яке займає 2 години розробки, коштуватиме: 2 " -"години, що вираховуються з пакета послуг для розробки налаштовування 2 * 5$ " -"= 10$/місяць, як періодичний платіж за підтримку цього налаштування." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "Методологія впровадження" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" -"Ми дотримуємося **належної та практичної методології**, яка використовується" -" для того, аби впровадити систему клієнтам за короткий проміжок часу і за " -"низькою ціною." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" -"Після початкової зустрічі ми визначаємо план поетапного розгортання Odoo " -"поступово, за групами додатків." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" -"Мета нашого **виклику** полягає в тому, щоби наш менеджер проектів міг " -"зрозуміти ваш бізнес, аби запропонувати план реалізації (планування по " -"етапам). Кожен етап - це встановлення набору програм, якими ви будете " -"користуватися у системі наприкінці етапу." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "Для кожного етапу є наступні кроки:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" -"**На борту:** менеджер проекту розгляне бізнес-процеси Odoo разом з вами " -"відповідно до вашого бізнес-процесу. Мета - навчити вас, перевірити бізнес-" -"процес та налаштувати систему відповідно до ваших конкретних потреб." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Дані:** створено вручну або імпортовано з вашої існуючої системи. Ви " -"несете відповідальність за експорт даних з існуючої системи, і менеджер " -"проектів Odoo імпортує їх в систему." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" -"**Тренінг:** після встановлення ваших додатків ваші дані імпортуються, і " -"система працює плавно. Тоді ви будете навчати користувачів вашої компанії. З" -" менеджером проекту Odoo ви зможете відповісти на питання та обробити ваші " -"відгуки." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Впровадження:** після того, як всі навчаться, ваші користувачі почнуть " -"використовувати Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви будете комфортно використовувати Odoo, ми будемо детально " -"налаштувати процес та **автоматизувати** деякі завдання та виконувати інші " -"налаштування (**додаткові екрани та звіти**)." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як усі програми будуть розгорнуті та користувачі будуть " -"задоволені Odoo, наш менеджер проектів більше не працюватиме над вашим " -"проектом (якщо у вас немає нових потреб), і ви будете використовувати службу" -" підтримки, якщо у вас виникнуть додаткові запитання." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "Керування вашими базами даних" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до своїх баз даних, перейдіть на сторінку Odoo.com, " -"увійдіть у систему та натисніть **Мої бази даних** у спадному меню у " -"верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" -"Odoo дає вам можливість протестувати систему перед тим, як перейти в реальне" -" користування або перед оновленням до нової версії. Не перешкоджайте " -"робочому середовищу з тестуванням!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" -"Для цих цілей ви можете створити стільки безкоштовних тестових баз, скільки " -"хочете (кожна база доступна протягом 15 днів). Ці версії можуть бути " -"миттєвими копіями вашого робочого середовища. Для цього перейдіть до " -"облікового запису Odoo.com на сторінці **Мої організації** та натисніть " -"**Копія**." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти більше інформації про те, як керувати своїми базами даних " -":ref:`тут `." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "Успіх клієнта" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" -"Odoo любить своїх клієнтів і гарантує, що у них є всі ресурси, необхідні для" -" завершення проекту." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" -"На етапі реалізації вашою точкою контакту є керівник проекту та, врешті-" -"решт, команда підтримки." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви займаєтеся впровадженням, ви, ймовірно, матимете меншу " -"взаємодію з менеджером проекту. Тоді ми призначимо вам члена нашої команди " -"послуг клієнта. Він спеціалізується на довгострокових відносинах з нашими " -"клієнтами. Він зв'яжеться з вами, щоби представити нові версії, покращити " -"роботу з Odoo, оцінити ваші нові потреби тощо..." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" -"Наша внутрішня мета полягає в тому, аби обслуговувати клієнтів протягом " -"принаймні 10 років і запропонувати їм рішення, яке зростає з їхніми " -"потребами!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "Ласкаво просимо на борт та насолоджуйтесь досвідом Odoo!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 398ceba91..0e0634bb9 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -926,10 +930,10 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання товару" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." msgstr "" -"Одиниця вимірювання за замовчуванням, що використовується для всіх " -"складських операцій." +"Стандартна одиниця вимірювання, що використовується для всіх операцій з " +"акціями." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Procurement Group" @@ -938,12 +942,12 @@ msgstr "Група забезпечення" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." msgstr "" -"Рухи, створені за допомогою цієї точки замовлення, будуть поміщені в цю " -"групу забезпечення. Якщо ніхто не надає, рухи, сформовані за правилами " -"забезпечення, будуть згруповані в одне велике комплектування." +"Рухи, створені за допомогою цього пункту призначення, будуть поміщені в цю " +"групу закупівель. Якщо нічого не задано, рухи, створені за складськими " +"правилами, будуть згруповані в один великий вибір." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index ca9e3f55a..b5ef50b2d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -391,12 +395,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index a807a08ad..971b42ccc 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1276,6 +1281,104 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення** виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного " "замовлення." +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "Надходження" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "Постачальник" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти продавця за своїм ім'ям, TIN, електронною поштою або " +"внутрішньою довідкою." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "Референс постачальника" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "" +"Референс замовлення на продаж або пропозицію від постачальника. Він " +"використовується для виконання відповідності, коли ви отримуєте товари, " +"оскільки це посилання, як правило, написано в замовленні на доставку, " +"надісланого вашим постачальником." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "Дата замовлення" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Зображає дату, коли комерційна пропозиція повинна бути перевірена та " +"перетворена в замовлення на купівлю." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "Джерело документа" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "" +"Посилання на документ, який створив цей запит на замовлення на купівлю " +"(наприклад, замовлення на продаж)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "Доставити до" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "Це визначатиме тип операції вхідної відправки" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "Адреса дроп-шипінгу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "" +"Введіть адресу, якщо ви хочете доставити безпосередньо від продавця до " +"клієнта. Інакше залишайте порожніми, щоб доставити до своєї компанії." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "Тип місцезнаходження призначення:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "" +"Технічне поле, яке використовується для відображення адреси дроп-шипінгу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "Інкотерм" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "" +"Міжнародні комерційні умови - це серія заздалегідь визначених комерційних " +"умов, що використовуються в міжнародних операціях." + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index f63b2a0a9..0dcd65343 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,14 +3,44 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2018 +# fausthuang, 2018 +# xiaobin wu , 2018 +# e2f_cn c7 , 2018 +# 卓忆科技 , 2018 +# udcs , 2018 +# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp , 2018 +# 菜小蛇 , 2018 +# waveyeung , 2018 +# Gang LIU , 2018 +# 宣一敏 , 2018 +# yuan wenpu <1140021222@qq.com>, 2018 +# mrshelly , 2018 +# Gary Wei , 2018 +# zpq001 , 2018 +# 演奏王 , 2018 +# John Lin , 2018 +# OCA-ALL , 2018 +# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# liAnGjiA , 2018 +# Connie Xiao , 2018 +# Richard yang , 2018 +# 广州救火 <7017511@qq.com>, 2018 +# ChinaMaker , 2018 +# neter ji , 2018 +# xu xiaohu , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: xu xiaohu , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,6 +57,7 @@ msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "银行及现金" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "银行费用" @@ -1457,7 +1488,6 @@ msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" @@ -1831,8 +1861,28 @@ msgid "The currency used to enter statement" msgstr "用来输入对账单的币种" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "借方方法" +msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" +msgstr "定义银行对账单的注册方式" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" +msgstr "创建银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "from your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "For Incoming Payments" +msgstr "为收款" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -1857,8 +1907,8 @@ msgstr "" "批量存款：通过生成一批存款，并提交给你的银行，将几个客户的支票同时包裹起来。在用Odoo编码银行结单时，建议您将交易与批量存款对账。从设置中启用此选项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "付款方法" +msgid "For Outgoing Payments" +msgstr "为付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." @@ -1874,16 +1924,6 @@ msgid "" "to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." msgstr "sepa 信用转移: 从您提交到您的银行的 SEPA 信用转移文件支付账单。从设置中启用此选项。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "分组发票明细行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "如果勾选此项, 系统将试图对生成的发票分组" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Profit Account" msgstr "利润科目" @@ -1905,12 +1945,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "现金登记的期末余额与系统计算的有差异时候用来登记损失" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "在仪表板显示日记账" +msgid "Group Invoice Lines" +msgstr "分组发票明细行" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "不管这个日记账是否显示在仪表板" +msgid "" +"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " +"when generating them from invoices." +msgstr "如果勾选此项, 系统将试图对生成的发票分组" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "银行对账时过账" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " +"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " +"performing bank reconciliation." +msgstr "是否应在汇票状态下生成本日记账中的付款，以便仅在进行银行对账时才张贴相关的日记账分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" +msgstr "供应商账单的别名" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 +msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." +msgstr "通过发送邮件创建供应商账单." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" @@ -1948,22 +2009,6 @@ msgstr "下一个支票号码" msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." msgstr "下个打印支票的序列编号" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of bank statement" -msgstr "创建银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "This field is used for the online synchronization:" -msgstr "此字段用于联机同步:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "depending on the option selected, newly fetched transactions" -msgstr "根据所选选项, 新提取的事务" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be put inside previous statement or in a new one" -msgstr "将被放在前面的语句或新的一个" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" msgstr "授权差异的总金额" @@ -2870,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **ACO560518KW7**." +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 @@ -4235,6 +4280,155 @@ msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产, 你仍然需要建立供应商账单这 msgid "Explanation of the fields:" msgstr "字段的说明 :" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "省份" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." +msgstr "当资产被创建，则状态为“草稿”。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" +" lines can be posted in the accounting." +msgstr "如果资产被确认,进入“运行”状态, 折旧行会自动过账。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " +"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +msgstr "当折旧结束时, 可以手动关闭资产。如果发布的最后一行折旧,资产自动进入那个状态。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Asset Category" +msgstr "资产类别" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Category of asset" +msgstr "资产类别" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "日期" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Date of asset" +msgstr "资产日期" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Depreciation Dates" +msgstr "折旧日期" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" +" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " +"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " +"purchase date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "First Depreciation Date" +msgstr "首次折旧日期" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " +"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " +"date" +msgstr "请注意，该日期不改变第一日记账的计算情况下的临时资产。它只是改变其会计日期" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross Value" +msgstr "毛值" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Gross value of asset" +msgstr "资产的毛值" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Salvage Value" +msgstr "剩余价值" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." +msgstr "折旧后资产的剩余价值金额" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Computation Method" +msgstr "计算方法" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." +msgstr "选择折旧的计算方式." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "* 线性: 计算基于 : 毛值 / 折旧数" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +msgstr "* 递减: 计算基于: 残值 * 递减因子" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Time Method Based On" +msgstr "时间方式基于" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " +"depreciations won't go beyond." +msgstr "*结束日期:选择2个折旧的间隔和折旧的最后期限." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Prorata Temporis" +msgstr "即时按比例分配" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " +"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " +"date of fiscal year" +msgstr "资产折旧的第一个凭证是从购买日开始而不是年初开始." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Depreciations" +msgstr "折旧数量" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" +msgstr "被折旧资产的折旧数量" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "Number of Months in a Period" +msgstr "在一个期间内的月数" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" +msgstr "折旧期间，以月计算" + #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" msgstr "尝试创建一个 *资产* 我们的在线演示" @@ -5819,50 +6013,6 @@ msgid "" "button." msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表', 点击 **新建** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "科目类型用于信息目的，用于生成合乎各国财税规范的报告，以及设置会计年度关闭的规则，并生成期初分录" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "你可能想赋予给定义报表的选项标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "科目币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "强制这个科目所有的凭证拥有这个科目的币种." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "内部类型" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr " '内部类型' 用于不同类型科目的功能: 流动性用于现金或银行科目, 应付/应收用于供应商/客户科目." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "允许调节" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "如果这个科目能够让发票和付款与日记账的匹配就勾选这个框" - #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" @@ -10071,7 +10221,7 @@ msgid "" "Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " "deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " "you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit,module account_batch_deposit must be installed." +"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 @@ -10081,6 +10231,16 @@ msgid "" "installed" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" +msgstr "显示合作伙伴银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " +"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" +msgstr "字段用于告知‘partner_bank_account_id’字段是否需要被显示在付款表单视图中。" + #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" msgstr "代码" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 818391d0a..ee04ababb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -3,13 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# liAnGjiA , 2018 +# 凡 杨 , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 凡 杨 , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -870,3 +876,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if you `apply for a production account " +"`_ and it " +"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " +"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index f7d6fdf9b..f864f97f7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Connie Xiao , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,376 +18,360 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" -msgstr "Odoo在线实施" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our " +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" -msgstr "*在与我们的项目经理通话之前, 我们建议新的Odoo在线客户先阅读这个文档。通过这种方式, 可以节省时间,不必用将时间花在基础问题上。*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" -msgstr "*如果您还没有阅读这个文档, 我们的项目经理将会在第一次电话时与你一起阅读这个文档。*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "入门" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "不要等到启动会议后才开始使用软件。与Odoo接触越多, 在试试时将会节省更多的时间。" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online " -"support form `__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." -msgstr "填写登录或者注册页面, Odoo数据库可以使用。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or " -"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the " -"user interface as shown in the picture below." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the `Odoo documentation " +"`__, `The elearning " +"platform `__ and the " +"testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "|left_pic|" +msgid "2. Project Scope" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "|right_pic|" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." -msgstr "一旦你习惯了用户界面, 可以看看实施计划。可在应用程序中设置, 或从顶部进度条右边的主要应用进入。" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "这些实施计划器将 :" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "帮助你为每一个应用定义目标和KPI," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "指导经历配置步骤," - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "以及在从Odoo获取更多的时候向你提供提示和技巧。" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." -msgstr "填写实施的第一步计划(目标,期望和KPIs)。在实施过程中, 我们的项目经理将与你一起检查这些计划。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "如果您有任何疑问或需要支持, 我们的项目经理将指导您完成所有步骤。但是, 你还可以 :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"在网站上阅读文档: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "3. Managing expectations" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"`__" -msgstr "在我们的Youtube频道观看在线会议" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online " -"support form `__." +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "在线使用需要您做些什么?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "我们习惯于在25-250小时的服务时间内部署全功能项目，这比市面上ERP供应商要快得多。多数项目都能在1-9个日历月左右结束。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 -msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "一次高效的实施与一次迟缓的实施之间的真正**差别在于顾客！** 根据我们的经验，当顾客积极投入，实施工作就会顺利许多。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "内部实施经理" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 -msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "" -"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 msgid "" -"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" -"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "能整合您的业务的90%，而非全部" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" -msgstr "你选择Odoo的原因可能是别的软件都没有如此高的自动化水平、功能的全面性，以及集成能力。但**别太极端**。" +"`The User Story `__: " +"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " +"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" +" who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "定制比较费时、费钱、费力，更难于维护，增加了实施的风险，还有升级的问题。" +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." -msgstr "标准Odoo大约能覆盖90%的业务流程及业务需求。对剩下的10%灵活一些吧，否则会花去原项目两倍的成本。人们总是低估了定制化的隐藏成本。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 -msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) work." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more" -" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a " -"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails." +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." -msgstr "" -"我们对项目经理进行过培训，他们能帮助用户做出决策，衡量相关交易，但如果您配合会更容易达成目标。有些进程比你以往的系统更花时间，但你仍需权衡、对比由此增加的时间与其他进程缩短的时间。如果使用Odoo后花费的净时间减少则是有进步的。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "学习 ODOO 时间耗用" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and " -"easier your training phases will be." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" -msgstr "这里有些额外的资源可以帮助更好地理解这个软件:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 +msgid "4. Communication Strategy" msgstr "" -"用户手册: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"`__" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -"介绍视频 :`https://www.odoo.com/r/videos ` __" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"客户可以参考: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "完成后" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__.在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "本模块允许你 :" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "互动管理任务列表可帮助你与你的顾问更好地沟通;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "将Odoo知识和实践经验与你的员工分享;" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." -msgstr "熟悉所有的通用工具Odoo: 通讯、讨论组、看板仪表板等。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 -msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 +msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"这个应用程序甚至兼容Etherpad平台(http://etherpad.org)。使用便笺簿, 不要用标准Odoo Notes, 安装:Memos " -"Pad。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" -msgstr "你期待我们做什么呢?" +msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "订阅服务" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "云主机" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" -msgstr "Odoo提供顶级的云基础设施,包括: 在三个不同的数据中心的备份,数据库复制,复制10分钟内的实例, 等等! " +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"SLA Odoo在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"`__\\" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"ODOO 安全在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"`__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -"隐私条款: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "支持" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +msgid "7. Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +msgid "8. Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " "cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " @@ -396,84 +379,84 @@ msgid "" " be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 msgid "What kind of support is included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 msgid "" "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " "etc...)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 msgid "" "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." " “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 msgid "" "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " "misconfiguration or customization)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 msgid "" "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " "version" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 msgid "" "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " "you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 msgid "What kind of support is not included?" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 msgid "" "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " "help you implement your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "" "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " "resources)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Importation of documents into your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 msgid "" "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " "Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " "either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " "involving code)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 msgid "" "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" @@ -482,298 +465,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 msgid "" "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "升级" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 -msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." -msgstr "" -"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 -msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill " -"our `online support form `__ to make this " -"request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "Success Pack Services" -msgstr "成功包服务" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282 -msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours " -"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of " -"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects " -"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to" -" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope " -"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an" -" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291 -msgid "" -"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "他的角色包括：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304 -msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "**定制屏幕：**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize " -"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers" -" for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 -msgid "" -"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields " -"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For" -" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo " -"developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留，且没有额外收费。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a" -" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your " -"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a " -"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover" -" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by" -" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the" -" subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 -msgid "" -"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "实施方法论" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers " -"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "启动会议后,我们通过一系列的应用程序定义Odoo的部署阶段计划. " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you " -"will fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "对于每个阶段,步骤如下:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377 -msgid "" -"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382 -msgid "" -"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's " -"project manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 -msgid "" -"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr " * *生产:* * 一旦培训好, 用户可开始使用Odoo。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "一旦适应Odoo, 我们将调整过程并做些* *自动化 * *的任务, 剩下的定制也将开发( * *额外的开发和报告* *)。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "管理数据库" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "要访问数据库, 点击Odoo.com, 登录并在右上角的下拉菜单单击* *我的数据库* *。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "在系统上线或升级之前, Odoo会让你测试。不会让测试数据扰乱正式环境!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416 -msgid "" -"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each " -"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your " -"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My " -"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"`." -msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here`." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "客户成功" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "Odoo在于满足客户所有需求, 使客户满意。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "在实施阶段,你的联系人是项目经理, 后面是售后支持。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" -"一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, " -"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "我们的内部目标是与客户保持联系至少10年, 随着客户不同的需求为他们提供解决方案!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "欢迎加入,享受你的Odoo!" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 86baa4014..f87e05edf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -3,14 +3,29 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# fausthuang, 2018 +# Jackie Zhang , 2018 +# e2f_cn r14 , 2018 +# Shane Tsoi , 2018 +# zpq001 , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# mrshelly , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# liAnGjiA , 2018 +# Connie Xiao , 2018 +# Gary Wei , 2018 +# e2f_cn c7 , 2018 +# roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: zpq001 , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -765,8 +780,8 @@ msgid "Product Unit of Measure" msgstr "产品量度单位" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "所有库存作业的默认计量单位" +msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." +msgstr "所有库存商品的缺省单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Procurement Group" @@ -775,9 +790,9 @@ msgstr "补货组" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." -msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有提供，由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。" +" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " +"one big picking." +msgstr "通过此订购点创建的移动将放在此补货组中。如果没有被提供，由补货规则生成的移动将被组合到一个大拣货。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index b97a72a25..c254650d5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -3,13 +3,24 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# liAnGjiA , 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# mrshelly , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# Gary Wei , 2018 +# zyx , 2018 +# fausthuang, 2018 +# Kate Lee , 2018 +# LINYUN TONG , 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: LINYUN TONG , 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -313,12 +324,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice` " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support` " +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 769f2ed7a..efce6c598 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -3,14 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# max_xu , 2018 +# xiaowenzi , 2018 +# mrshelly , 2018 +# Gary Wei , 2018 +# zpq001 , 2018 +# fausthuang, 2018 +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# 广州救火 <7017511@qq.com>, 2018 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: fausthuang, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 广州救火 <7017511@qq.com>, 2018\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1072,6 +1083,89 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt" +msgstr "收货" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "入库" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "供应商" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." +msgstr "你可以通过它的名字，TIN，电子邮件或内部参考找到一个客户。 " + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Vendor Reference" +msgstr "供应商参考" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " +"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " +"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." +msgstr "销售订单的参照或者供应商发出的投标。当你接收产品的时候被显示在收货单上。主要用来做匹配" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Order Date" +msgstr "单据日期" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " +"a purchase order." +msgstr "记录询价单被确认并被转化为采购订单的日期" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Source Document" +msgstr "源单据" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" +" sales order)" +msgstr "生成此采购订单请求的文档的引用（例如销售订单）" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Deliver To" +msgstr "交货到" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" +msgstr "这将决定进货的操作类型。" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "代发货地址" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " +"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." +msgstr "如果你想直接从供应商发货给客户，就填写一个地址。不然的话，留空把货物运到你的公司仓库" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Destination Location Type" +msgstr "目标位置类型" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" +msgstr "技术字段用于显示代发货地址" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "Incoterm" +msgstr "国际贸易术语" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 +msgid "" +"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " +"used in international transactions." +msgstr "国际商业条款是一系列用于国际交易的事先定义的商业条款。" + #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" msgstr "在线演示中显示 **询价单** "